blob: eea1f0306098fe55c5546c811682b2e8a13d8308 [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
8 <meta name="description"
9 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
27 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
28 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
29 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Chris Lattner5a2d8752009-10-10 18:26:06 +000034 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000035 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
36 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
37 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000039 </ol>
40 </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000041 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +000042 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000043 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000044 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000045 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +000046 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +000047 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +000048 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000049 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +000050 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +000051 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000052 </ol>
53 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000054 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
55 <ol>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000056 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +000057 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000058 <ol>
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +000059 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000060 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
61 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
62 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +000063 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000064 </ol>
65 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000066 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
67 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000068 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000069 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
70 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000071 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +000072 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +000073 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +000074 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000075 </ol>
76 </li>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +000077 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000078 </ol>
79 </li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000080 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000081 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000082 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +000083 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000084 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
85 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +000086 <li><a href="#blockaddress">Addresses of Basic Blocks</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000087 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +000088 <li><a href="#metadata">Embedded Metadata</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000089 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000090 </li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000091 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
92 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000093 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000094 </ol>
95 </li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +000096 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
97 <ol>
98 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +000099 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
100 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000101 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
102 Global Variable</a></li>
103 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
104 Global Variable</a></li>
105 </ol>
106 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000107 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
108 <ol>
109 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
110 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000111 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
112 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000113 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +0000114 <li><a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000115 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000116 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000117 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000118 </ol>
119 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000120 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
121 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000122 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000125 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000127 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000128 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
129 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
130 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000131 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
132 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
133 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000134 </ol>
135 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000136 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
137 <ol>
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000138 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
139 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
140 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000141 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000142 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000143 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000144 </ol>
145 </li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000146 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
147 <ol>
148 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
149 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
150 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000151 </ol>
152 </li>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000153 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
154 <ol>
155 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
156 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
157 </ol>
158 </li>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000159 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000160 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000161 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000162 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
163 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
164 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000165 </ol>
166 </li>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000167 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000168 <ol>
169 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
170 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
171 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
172 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
173 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000174 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
175 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
176 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
177 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000178 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
179 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000180 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000181 </ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000182 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000183 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
184 <ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000185 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
186 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000187 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000188 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000189 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000190 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000191 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000192 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000193 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000194 </li>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000195 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000196 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000197 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
198 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000199 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
200 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
201 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000202 </ol>
203 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000204 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
205 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000206 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
207 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
208 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000209 </ol>
210 </li>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000211 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
212 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000213 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
214 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
215 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
216 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
217 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
218 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
219 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswell7123e272004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000220 </ol>
221 </li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000222 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
223 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000224 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
227 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
228 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000229 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
230 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
231 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000232 </ol>
233 </li>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000234 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000235 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000236 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000237 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
238 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
239 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000240 </ol>
241 </li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000242 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
243 <ol>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000244 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
245 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
246 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
247 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
248 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000249 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000250 </ol>
251 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000252 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000253 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000254 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000255 <ol>
256 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000257 </ol>
258 </li>
Bill Wendling3c44f5b2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000259 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
260 <ol>
261 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
262 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
263 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
264 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
265 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
266 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
267 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
268 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
269 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
270 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
271 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
272 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
273 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
274 </ol>
275 </li>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +0000276 <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
277 <ol>
278 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
279 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
280 <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
281 <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
282 </ol>
283 </li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000284 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000285 <ol>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000286 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000287 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000288 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000289 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000290 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000291 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
292 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
293 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000294 </ol>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000295 </li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000296 </ol>
297 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000298</ol>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000299
300<div class="doc_author">
301 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
302 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000303</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000304
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000305<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000306<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
307<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000308
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000309<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000310
311<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
312 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
313 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
314 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
315 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
316
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000317</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000318
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000319<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000320<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
321<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000322
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000323<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000324
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000325<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
326 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
327 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
328 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
329 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
330 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
331 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
332 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000333
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000334<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
335 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
336 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
337 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
338 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
339 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
340 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000341 variable is never accessed outside of the current function, allowing it to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000342 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000343
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000344</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000345
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000346<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000347<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000348
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000349<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000350
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000351<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
352 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
353 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
354 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000355
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000356<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000357<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000358%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000359</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000360</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000361
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000362<p>because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its uses. The
363 LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used to verify
364 that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run by the
365 parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it outputs
366 bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate bugs in
367 transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000368
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000369</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000370
Chris Lattnercc689392007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000371<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000372
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000373<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000374<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000375<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000376
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000377<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000378
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000379<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
380 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
381 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
382 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
383 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000384
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000385<ol>
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000386 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000387 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
388 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
389 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
390 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
391 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
392 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
393 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000394
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000395 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000396 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000397
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000398 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000399 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000400</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000401
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000402<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000403 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
404 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
405 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
406 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000407
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000408<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000409 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
410 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
411 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
412 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
413 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
414 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
415 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
416 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000417
418<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000419 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000420
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000421<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000422
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000423<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000424<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000425%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000426</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000427</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000428
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000429<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000430
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000431<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000432<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000433%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000434</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000435</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000436
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000437<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000438
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000439<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000440<pre>
Gabor Greifec58f752009-10-28 13:05:07 +0000441%0 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
442%1 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000443%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000444</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000445</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000446
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000447<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
448 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000449
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000450<ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000451 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000452 line.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000453
454 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000455 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000456
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000457 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
458</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000459
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000460<p>It also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000461 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
462 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
463 text.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000464
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000465</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000466
467<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
468<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
469<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
470
471<!-- ======================================================================= -->
472<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
473</div>
474
475<div class="doc_text">
476
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000477<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
478 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
479 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
480 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
481 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
482 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000483
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000484<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000485<pre>
486<i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant.</i>
487<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000488
489<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000490<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000491
492<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000493define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
494 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
495 %cast210 = <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000496
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000497 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout.</i>
498 <a href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
499 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000500</pre>
501</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000502
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000503<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
504 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function, and
505 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
506 "<tt>main</tt>".</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000507
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000508<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
509 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
510 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
511 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
512 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000513
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000514</div>
515
516<!-- ======================================================================= -->
517<div class="doc_subsection">
518 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
519</div>
520
521<div class="doc_text">
522
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000523<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
524 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000525
526<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000527 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000528 <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by objects
529 in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with an
530 private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to
531 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the module, all
532 references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the
533 object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000534
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000535 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000536 <dd>Similar to private, but the symbol is passed through the assembler and
Chris Lattnere1eaf912009-08-24 04:32:16 +0000537 removed by the linker after evaluation. Note that (unlike private
538 symbols) linker_private symbols are subject to coalescing by the linker:
539 weak symbols get merged and redefinitions are rejected. However, unlike
540 normal strong symbols, they are removed by the linker from the final
541 linked image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000542
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000543 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000544 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
545 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
546 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000547
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000548 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000549 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000550 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
551 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
552 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
553 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
554 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
555 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000556
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000557 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000558 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000559 the same name when linkage occurs. This is typically used to implement
560 inline functions, templates, or other code which must be generated in each
561 translation unit that uses it. Unreferenced <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are
562 allowed to be discarded.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000563
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000564 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000565 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
566 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
567 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
568 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
569
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000570 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000571 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
572 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
573 global scope.
574 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
575 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000576 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
577 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
578 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
579 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000580
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000581
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000582 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000583 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000584 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
585 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
586 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
587 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000588
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000589 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000590 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
591 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
592 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000593
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000594 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
595 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000596 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
597 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
598 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule" -
599 "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
600 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
601 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
602 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000603
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000604 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000605 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000606 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
607 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000608</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000609
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000610<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
611 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
612 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000613
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000614<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000615 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000616 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000617 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
618 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
619 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
620 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000621
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000622 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000623 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000624 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
625 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
626 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
627 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000628</dl>
629
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000630<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
631 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
632 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
633 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
634 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
635
636<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
637 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
638 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
639
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000640<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000641 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
642
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000643</div>
644
645<!-- ======================================================================= -->
646<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000647 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
648</div>
649
650<div class="doc_text">
651
652<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000653 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
654 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
655 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
656 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
657 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000658
659<dl>
660 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000661 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000662 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
663 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
664 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
665 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000666
667 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000668 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000669 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
670 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
671 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
672 (Application Binary Interface). Implementations of this convention should
673 allow arbitrary <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call
674 optimization</a> to be supported. This calling convention does not
675 support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match
676 the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000677
678 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000679 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000680 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
681 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
682 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
683 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
684 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000685
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000686 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000687 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000688 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
689 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000690</dl>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000691
692<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000693 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
694 convention.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000695
696</div>
697
698<!-- ======================================================================= -->
699<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000700 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
701</div>
702
703<div class="doc_text">
704
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000705<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
706 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000707
708<dl>
709 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000710 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000711 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
712 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
713 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
714 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000715
716 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000717 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000718 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
719 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
720 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
721 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000722
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000723 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000724 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000725 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
726 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
727 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000728</dl>
729
730</div>
731
732<!-- ======================================================================= -->
733<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000734 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
735</div>
736
737<div class="doc_text">
738
739<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000740 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
741 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000742
743<div class="doc_code">
744<pre>
745%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
746</pre>
747</div>
748
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000749<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
750 "<a href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
751 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000752
753<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000754 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
755 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
756 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
757 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
758 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
759 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
760 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
761 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000762
763</div>
764
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000765<!-- ======================================================================= -->
766<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000767 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
768</div>
769
770<div class="doc_text">
771
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000772<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000773 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
774 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
775 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
776 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
777 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
778 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
779 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
780 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
781 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
782 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000783
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000784<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
785 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
786 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
787 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
788 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
789 definition.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000790
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000791<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
792 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
793 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
794 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
795 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000796
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000797<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
798 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
799 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
800 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
801 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb284d9922007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000802
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000803<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000804 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000805
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000806<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000807 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the
808 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
809 specified, the global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
810 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000811
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000812<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
813 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000814
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000815<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000816<pre>
Dan Gohman398873c2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000817@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000818</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000819</div>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000820
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000821</div>
822
823
824<!-- ======================================================================= -->
825<div class="doc_subsection">
826 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
827</div>
828
829<div class="doc_text">
830
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000831<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord, an
832 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
833 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
834 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
835 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
836 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
837 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
838 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
839 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
840 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000841
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000842<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
843 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
844 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
845 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
846 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
847 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
848 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000849
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000850<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000851 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
852 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
853 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
854 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000855
Chris Lattner4a3c9012007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000856<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000857 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
858 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
859 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
860 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000861
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000862<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000863 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000864
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000865<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000866 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
867 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
868 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
869 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000870
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000871<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000872<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000873<pre>
Chris Lattner50ad45c2008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000874define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000875 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
876 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
877 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
878 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
879</pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000880</div>
881
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000882</div>
883
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000884<!-- ======================================================================= -->
885<div class="doc_subsection">
886 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
887</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000888
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000889<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000890
891<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
892 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
893 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
894 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000895
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000896<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000897<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000898<pre>
Duncan Sands0b23ac12008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000899@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000900</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000901</div>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000902
903</div>
904
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000905<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000906<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000907
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000908<div class="doc_text">
909
910<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
911 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
912 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
913 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
914 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
915 can have the same function type.</p>
916
917<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
918 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
919 example:</p>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000920
921<div class="doc_code">
922<pre>
Nick Lewyckyb6a7d252009-02-15 23:06:14 +0000923declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattner66d922c2008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000924declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
925declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000926</pre>
927</div>
928
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000929<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
930 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000931
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000932<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000933
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000934<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000935 <dt><tt><b>zeroext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000936 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
937 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
938 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000939
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000940 <dt><tt><b>signext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000941 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
942 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
943 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000944
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000945 <dt><tt><b>inreg</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000946 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
947 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
948 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
949 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
950 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000951
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000952 <dt><tt><b><a name="byval">byval</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000953 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by value
954 to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the pointee
955 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
956 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
957 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
958 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
959 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
960 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
961 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
962 values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
963 the align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code
964 generator that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized
965 stack slot.</dd>
966
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000967 <dt><tt><b>sret</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000968 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
969 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
970 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
971 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
972 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
973 for return values. </dd>
974
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000975 <dt><tt><b>noalias</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000976 <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
977 parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
978 case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
979 that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
980 caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias
981 response in
982 <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias
983 analysis</a>.</dd>
984
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000985 <dt><tt><b>nocapture</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000986 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
987 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
988 values.</dd>
989
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000990 <dt><tt><b>nest</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000991 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
992 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
993 attribute for return values.</dd>
994</dl>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000995
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000996</div>
997
998<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000999<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001000 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
1001</div>
1002
1003<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001004
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001005<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1006 string:</p>
1007
1008<div class="doc_code">
1009<pre>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001010define void @f() gc "name" { ... }
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001011</pre>
1012</div>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001013
1014<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001015 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1016 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1017
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001018</div>
1019
1020<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1021<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001022 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001023</div>
1024
1025<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001026
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001027<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1028 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1029 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1030 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001031
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001032<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1033 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001034
1035<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001036<pre>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001037define void @f() noinline { ... }
1038define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1039define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001040define void @f() optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001041</pre>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001042</div>
1043
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001044<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001045 <dt><tt><b>alwaysinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001046 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1047 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1048 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001049
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001050 <dt><tt><b>inlinehint</b></tt></dt>
Dale Johannesende86d472009-08-26 01:08:21 +00001051 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1052 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1053 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1054
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001055 <dt><tt><b>noinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001056 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1057 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1058 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001059
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001060 <dt><tt><b>optsize</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001061 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1062 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1063 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001064
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001065 <dt><tt><b>noreturn</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001066 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1067 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1068 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendling31359ba2008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001069
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001070 <dt><tt><b>nounwind</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001071 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1072 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1073 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendlingfbaa7ed2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001074
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001075 <dt><tt><b>readnone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001076 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1077 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1078 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1079 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1080 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1081 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1082 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1083 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1084 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel5d96fda2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001085
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001086 <dt><tt><b><a name="readonly">readonly</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001087 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1088 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1089 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1090 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1091 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1092 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1093 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1094 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1095 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc5ec8a72009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001096
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001097 <dt><tt><b><a name="ssp">ssp</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001098 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1099 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1100 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1101 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1102 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1103<br>
1104 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1105 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1106 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1107
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001108 <dt><tt><b>sspreq</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001109 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1110 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001111 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1112<br>
1113 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1114 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1115 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1116 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001117
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001118 <dt><tt><b>noredzone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001119 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1120 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
1121
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001122 <dt><tt><b>noimplicitfloat</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001123 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1124
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001125 <dt><tt><b>naked</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001126 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1127 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001128</dl>
1129
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001130</div>
1131
1132<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1133<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner1eeeb0c2006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001134 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001135</div>
1136
1137<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001138
1139<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1140 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1141 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1142 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001143
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001144<div class="doc_code">
1145<pre>
1146module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1147module asm "more can go here"
1148</pre>
1149</div>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001150
1151<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1152 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001153 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001154
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001155<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1156 assembly code is generated.</p>
1157
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001158</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001159
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001160<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1161<div class="doc_subsection">
1162 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1163</div>
1164
1165<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001166
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001167<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001168 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1169 simply:</p>
1170
1171<div class="doc_code">
1172<pre>
1173target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1174</pre>
1175</div>
1176
1177<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1178 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1179 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1180 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1181
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001182<dl>
1183 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1184 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001185 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1186
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001187 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001188 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001189 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1190 location.</dd>
1191
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001192 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1193 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001194 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1195 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1196 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1197
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001198 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1199 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001200 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1201
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001202 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1203 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001204 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1205
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001206 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1207 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001208 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
1209 (double).</dd>
1210
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001211 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1212 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001213 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1214
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001215 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1216 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001217 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Chris Lattnere82bdc42009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001218
1219 <dt><tt>n<i>size1</i>:<i>size2</i>:<i>size3</i>...</tt></dt>
1220 <dd>This specifies a set of native integer widths for the target CPU
1221 in bits. For example, it might contain "n32" for 32-bit PowerPC,
1222 "n32:64" for PowerPC 64, or "n8:16:32:64" for X86-64. Elements of
1223 this set are considered to support most general arithmetic
1224 operations efficiently.</dd>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001225</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001226
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001227<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001228 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
1229 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1230 are given in this list:</p>
1231
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001232<ul>
1233 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
1234 <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
1235 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1236 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1237 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1238 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001239 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001240 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1241 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1242 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1243 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1244 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1245 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001246 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001247</ul>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001248
1249<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1250 following rules:</p>
1251
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001252<ol>
1253 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001254 specification is used.</li>
1255
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001256 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001257 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1258 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1259 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1260 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1261 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1262 specified).</li>
1263
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001264 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001265 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1266 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1267 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001268</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001269
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001270</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001271
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001272<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1273<div class="doc_subsection">
1274 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1275</div>
1276
1277<div class="doc_text">
1278
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001279<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolka99a82052009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001280with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001281is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1282according to the following rules:</p>
1283
1284<ul>
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001285 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1286 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> instruction
1287 is associated with the addresses associated with the first operand
1288 of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1289 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001290 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1291 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1292 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1293 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001294 no address.</li>
1295 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1296 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is associated with all
1297 address ranges of all pointer values that contribute (directly or
1298 indirectly) to the computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1299 <li>The result value of a
1300 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is associated with all
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001301 addresses associated with the operand of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1302 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1303 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1304 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001305 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001306 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
1307 </ul>
1308
1309<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001310<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1311alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
1312interpretation of the value. The first operand of a
1313<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1314and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001315
1316<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1317<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1318LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1319additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1320to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1321
1322</div>
1323
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001324<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001325<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1326<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001327
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001328<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001329
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001330<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001331 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1332 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1333 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1334 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1335 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1336 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001337
1338</div>
1339
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001340<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001341<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001342Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001343
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001344<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001345
1346<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001347
1348<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001349 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001350 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001351 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001352 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001353 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001354 </tr>
1355 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001356 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1357 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001358 </tr>
1359 <tr>
1360 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001361 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1362 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1363 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman0066db62008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001364 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001365 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1366 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001367 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1368 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001369 </td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001370 </tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001371 <tr>
1372 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1373 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1374 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001375 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1376 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001377 </tr>
1378 <tr>
1379 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
1380 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1381 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
1382 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1383 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1384 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1385 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
1386 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1387 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman01ac1012008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001388 </td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001389 </tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001390 </tbody>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001391</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001392
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001393<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1394 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001395 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001396
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001397</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001398
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001399<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001400<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001401
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001402<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001403
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001404<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001405 system.</p>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001406
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001407</div>
1408
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001409<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001410<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1411
1412<div class="doc_text">
1413
1414<h5>Overview:</h5>
1415<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
1416 bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1417 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1418
1419<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1420<pre>
1421 iN
1422</pre>
1423
1424<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1425 value.</p>
1426
1427<h5>Examples:</h5>
1428<table class="layout">
1429 <tr class="layout">
1430 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1431 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
1432 </tr>
1433 <tr class="layout">
1434 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1435 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1436 </tr>
1437 <tr class="layout">
1438 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1439 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1440 </tr>
1441</table>
1442
1443<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large integer types to be
1444 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a return type
1445 the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1446 often 64 bits for 32-bit targets and 128 bits for 64-bit targets.</p>
1447
1448</div>
1449
1450<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001451<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1452
1453<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001454
1455<table>
1456 <tbody>
1457 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1458 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1459 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1460 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1461 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1462 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1463 </tbody>
1464</table>
1465
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001466</div>
1467
1468<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1469<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1470
1471<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001472
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001473<h5>Overview:</h5>
1474<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1475
1476<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001477<pre>
1478 void
1479</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001480
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001481</div>
1482
1483<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1484<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1485
1486<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001487
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001488<h5>Overview:</h5>
1489<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1490
1491<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001492<pre>
1493 label
1494</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001495
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001496</div>
1497
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001498<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1499<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1500
1501<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001502
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001503<h5>Overview:</h5>
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001504<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1505 created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
1506 arguments.
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001507
1508<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001509<pre>
1510 metadata
1511</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001512
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001513</div>
1514
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001515
1516<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001517<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001518
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001519<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001520
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001521<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1522 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001523 useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
1524 may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
1525 possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
1526 of another array.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001527
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001528</div>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001529
1530<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001531<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001532
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001533<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001534
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001535<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001536<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001537 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1538 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001539
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001540<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001541<pre>
1542 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1543</pre>
1544
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001545<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1546 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001547
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001548<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001549<table class="layout">
1550 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001551 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1552 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1553 </tr>
1554 <tr class="layout">
1555 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1556 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1557 </tr>
1558 <tr class="layout">
1559 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1560 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001561 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001562</table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001563<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1564<table class="layout">
1565 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001566 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1567 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1568 </tr>
1569 <tr class="layout">
1570 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1571 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1572 </tr>
1573 <tr class="layout">
1574 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1575 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001576 </tr>
1577</table>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001578
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001579<p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1580 length array. Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in
1581 LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array). As
1582 a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable
1583 length. This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the LLVM
1584 type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001585
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001586<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1587 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1588 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1589 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001590
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001591</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001592
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001593<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001594<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001595
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001596<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001597
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001598<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001599<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1600 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
1601 function type is a scalar type, a void type, or a struct type. If the return
1602 type is a struct type then all struct elements must be of first class types,
1603 and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001604
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001605<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001606<pre>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001607 &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001608</pre>
1609
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001610<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001611 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1612 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1613 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1614 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001615 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype&gt;</tt>' is a any type except
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001616 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001617
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001618<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001619<table class="layout">
1620 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001621 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1622 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001623 </td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001624 </tr><tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +00001625 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16&nbsp;signext,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencerf17a0b72006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001626 </tt></td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001627 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
1628 an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001629 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001630 <tt>float</tt>.
1631 </td>
1632 </tr><tr class="layout">
1633 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
1634 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001635 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001636 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
1637 LLVM.
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001638 </td>
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001639 </tr><tr class="layout">
1640 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001641 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
1642 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001643 </td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001644 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001645</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001646
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001647</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001648
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001649<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001650<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001651
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001652<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001653
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001654<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001655<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1656 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1657 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1658 size.</p>
1659
1660<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1661 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1662 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1663
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001664<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001665<pre>
1666 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1667</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001668
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001669<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001670<table class="layout">
1671 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001672 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1673 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1674 </tr><tr class="layout">
1675 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1676 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1677 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1678 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1679 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001680 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001681</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001682
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001683<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1684 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1685 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1686 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001687
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001688</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001689
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001690<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001691<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1692</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001693
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001694<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001695
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001696<h5>Overview:</h5>
1697<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001698 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1699 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1700 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1701
1702<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1703 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1704 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1705
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001706<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001707<pre>
1708 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1709</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001710
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001711<h5>Examples:</h5>
1712<table class="layout">
1713 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001714 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1715 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1716 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001717 <td class="left">
1718<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001719 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1720 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1721 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1722 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001723 </tr>
1724</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001725
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001726</div>
1727
1728<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001729<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001730
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001731<div class="doc_text">
1732
1733<h5>Overview:</h5>
1734<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or reference to
1735 another object, which must live in memory. Pointer types may have an optional
1736 address space attribute defining the target-specific numbered address space
1737 where the pointed-to object resides. The default address space is zero.</p>
1738
1739<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1740 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001741
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001742<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001743<pre>
1744 &lt;type&gt; *
1745</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001746
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001747<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001748<table class="layout">
1749 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001750 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001751 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1752 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1753 </tr>
1754 <tr class="layout">
1755 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
1756 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001757 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001758 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1759 </tr>
1760 <tr class="layout">
1761 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1762 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1763 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001764 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001765</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001766
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001767</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001768
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001769<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001770<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001771
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001772<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001773
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001774<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001775<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1776 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1777 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
1778 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vectors must have a power
1779 of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...). Vector types are considered
1780 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001781
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001782<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001783<pre>
1784 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1785</pre>
1786
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001787<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may be any
1788 integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001789
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001790<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001791<table class="layout">
1792 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001793 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1794 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1795 </tr>
1796 <tr class="layout">
1797 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1798 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1799 </tr>
1800 <tr class="layout">
1801 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1802 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001803 </tr>
1804</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001805
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001806<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large vector types to be
1807 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a vector
1808 return type codegen can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1809 often a few times longer than a hardware vector register.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001810
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001811</div>
1812
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001813<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1814<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1815<div class="doc_text">
1816
1817<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001818<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001819 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1820 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1821 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001822
1823<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001824<pre>
1825 opaque
1826</pre>
1827
1828<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001829<table class="layout">
1830 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001831 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1832 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001833 </tr>
1834</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001835
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001836</div>
1837
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001838<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1839<div class="doc_subsection">
1840 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1841</div>
1842
1843<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001844
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001845<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001846<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1847 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1848 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1849 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1850 include:</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001851
1852<pre>
Chris Lattner3060f5b2009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001853 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001854 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
1855 \1* %z = type %z*
1856</pre>
1857
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001858<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
1859 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
1860 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
1861 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
1862 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001863
1864<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1865<pre>
1866 \&lt;level&gt;
1867</pre>
1868
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001869<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001870
1871<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001872<table class="layout">
1873 <tr class="layout">
1874 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
1875 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
1876 </tr>
1877 <tr class="layout">
1878 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
1879 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
1880 structure.</td>
1881 </tr>
1882</table>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001883
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001884</div>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001885
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001886<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1887<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
1888<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1889
1890<div class="doc_text">
1891
1892<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001893 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001894
1895</div>
1896
1897<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001898<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001899
1900<div class="doc_text">
1901
1902<dl>
1903 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001904 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001905 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001906
1907 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001908 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
1909 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
1910 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001911
1912 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001913 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001914 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
1915 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
1916 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
1917 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
1918 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001919
1920 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001921 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001922 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001923</dl>
1924
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001925<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
1926 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
1927 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
1928 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
1929 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
1930 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
1931 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
1932 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
1933 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
1934 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
1935
Dale Johannesenbd5e5a82009-02-11 22:14:51 +00001936<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001937 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
1938 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
1939 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
1940 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
1941 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
1942 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
1943 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
1944 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
1945 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
1946 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
1947 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
1948
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001949</div>
1950
1951<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001952<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00001953<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
1954<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001955</div>
1956
1957<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001958
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001959<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001960 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001961
1962<dl>
1963 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001964 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001965 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
1966 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
1967 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
1968 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
1969 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1970 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001971
1972 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001973 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001974 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
1975 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
1976 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
1977 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1978 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001979
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001980 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001981 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001982 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
1983 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
1984 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
1985 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
1986 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001987
1988 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001989 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001990 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
1991 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
1992 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
1993 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00001994
1995 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky1e8c7a62009-05-30 16:08:30 +00001996 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001997 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
1998 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
1999 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
2000 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002001</dl>
2002
2003</div>
2004
2005<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2006<div class="doc_subsection">
2007 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
2008</div>
2009
2010<div class="doc_text">
2011
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002012<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
2013 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2014 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2015 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2016 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2017 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002018
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002019<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002020<pre>
Chris Lattnera18a4242007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002021@X = global i32 17
2022@Y = global i32 42
2023@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002024</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002025</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002026
2027</div>
2028
2029<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002030<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002031<div class="doc_text">
2032
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002033<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002034 indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002035 Undefined values may be of any type (other than label or void) and be used
2036 anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002037
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002038<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002039 program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
2040 compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
2041 surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002042
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002043
2044<div class="doc_code">
2045<pre>
2046 %A = add %X, undef
2047 %B = sub %X, undef
2048 %C = xor %X, undef
2049Safe:
2050 %A = undef
2051 %B = undef
2052 %C = undef
2053</pre>
2054</div>
2055
2056<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
2057Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
2058
2059<div class="doc_code">
2060<pre>
2061 %A = or %X, undef
2062 %B = and %X, undef
2063Safe:
2064 %A = -1
2065 %B = 0
2066Unsafe:
2067 %A = undef
2068 %B = undef
2069</pre>
2070</div>
2071
2072<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
2073For example, if "%X" has a zero bit, then the output of the 'and' operation will
2074always be a zero, no matter what the corresponding bit from the undef is. As
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002075such, it is unsafe to optimize or assume that the result of the and is undef.
2076However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the undef could be 0, and
2077optimize the and to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that all the bits of
2078the undef operand to the or could be set, allowing the or to be folded to
2079-1.</p>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002080
2081<div class="doc_code">
2082<pre>
2083 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2084 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2085 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2086Safe:
2087 %A = %X (or %Y)
2088 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2089 %C = %Y
2090Unsafe:
2091 %A = undef
2092 %B = undef
2093 %C = undef
2094</pre>
2095</div>
2096
2097<p>This set of examples show that undefined select (and conditional branch)
2098conditions can go "either way" but they have to come from one of the two
2099operands. In the %A example, if %X and %Y were both known to have a clear low
2100bit, then %A would have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the %C example,
2101the optimizer is allowed to assume that the undef operand could be the same as
2102%Y, allowing the whole select to be eliminated.</p>
2103
2104
2105<div class="doc_code">
2106<pre>
2107 %A = xor undef, undef
2108
2109 %B = undef
2110 %C = xor %B, %B
2111
2112 %D = undef
2113 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2114 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2115
2116Safe:
2117 %A = undef
2118 %B = undef
2119 %C = undef
2120 %D = undef
2121 %E = undef
2122 %F = undef
2123</pre>
2124</div>
2125
2126<p>This example points out that two undef operands are not necessarily the same.
2127This can be surprising to people (and also matches C semantics) where they
2128assume that "X^X" is always zero, even if X is undef. This isn't true for a
2129number of reasons, but the short answer is that an undef "variable" can
2130arbitrarily change its value over its "live range". This is true because the
2131"variable" doesn't actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is
2132logically read from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed,
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002133so the value is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, %A and %C need
Chris Lattner349eb412009-09-08 15:13:16 +00002134to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with" concept
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002135would not hold.</p>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002136
2137<div class="doc_code">
2138<pre>
2139 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2140 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2141Safe:
2142 %A = undef
2143b: unreachable
2144</pre>
2145</div>
2146
2147<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
2148value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like undef) is
2149allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that the %A operation
2150can be constant folded to undef because the undef could be an SNaN, and fdiv is
2151not (currently) defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make
2152a more aggressive assumption: because the undef is allowed to be an arbitrary
2153value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a divide by zero
Chris Lattner8e371aa2009-09-08 19:45:34 +00002154has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that the operation
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002155does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and all code after
2156it: since the undefined operation "can't happen", the optimizer can assume that
2157it occurs in dead code.
2158</p>
2159
2160<div class="doc_code">
2161<pre>
2162a: store undef -> %X
2163b: store %X -> undef
2164Safe:
2165a: &lt;deleted&gt;
2166b: unreachable
2167</pre>
2168</div>
2169
2170<p>These examples reiterate the fdiv example: a store "of" an undefined value
2171can be assumed to not have any effect: we can assume that the value is
2172overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there. However, a
2173store "to" an undefined location could clobber arbitrary memory, therefore, it
2174has undefined behavior.</p>
2175
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002176</div>
2177
2178<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002179<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="blockaddress">Addresses of Basic
2180 Blocks</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002181<div class="doc_text">
2182
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002183<p><b><tt>blockaddress(@function, %block)</tt></b></p>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002184
2185<p>The '<tt>blockaddress</tt>' constant computes the address of the specified
Chris Lattner2dfdf2a2009-10-27 21:49:40 +00002186 basic block in the specified function, and always has an i8* type. Taking
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002187 the address of the entry block is illegal.</p>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002188
2189<p>This value only has defined behavior when used as an operand to the
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002190 '<a href="#i_indirectbr"><tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' instruction or for comparisons
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002191 against null. Pointer equality tests between labels addresses is undefined
2192 behavior - though, again, comparison against null is ok, and no label is
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002193 equal to the null pointer. This may also be passed around as an opaque
2194 pointer sized value as long as the bits are not inspected. This allows
Chris Lattner3fd77ce2009-10-27 21:44:20 +00002195 <tt>ptrtoint</tt> and arithmetic to be performed on these values so long as
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002196 the original value is reconstituted before the <tt>indirectbr</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002197
2198<p>Finally, some targets may provide defined semantics when
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002199 using the value as the operand to an inline assembly, but that is target
2200 specific.
2201 </p>
2202
2203</div>
2204
2205
2206<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002207<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2208</div>
2209
2210<div class="doc_text">
2211
2212<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002213 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2214 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2215 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
2216 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002217
2218<dl>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002219 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002220 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2221 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002222
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002223 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002224 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2225 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2226 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002227
2228 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002229 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2230 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2231 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002232
2233 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002234 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2235 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2236 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002237
2238 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002239 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2240 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2241 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002242
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00002243 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002244 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002245 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2246 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2247 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2248 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002249
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002250 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002251 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002252 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2253 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2254 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2255 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002256
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002257 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002258 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002259 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2260 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2261 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2262 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002263
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002264 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002265 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002266 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2267 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2268 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2269 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002270
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002271 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
2272 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002273 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2274 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2275 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002276
2277 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002278 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2279 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2280 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2281 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002282
2283 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner03bbad62009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002284 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2285 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2286 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002287
2288 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00002289 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002290 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002291 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2292 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2293 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002294
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002295 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002296 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002297
2298 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2299 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2300
2301 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2302 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002303
2304 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002305 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2306 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002307
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00002308 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002309 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2310 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002311
2312 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002313 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2314 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002315
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002316 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002317 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2318 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2319 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2320 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2321 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002322</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002323
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002324</div>
Chris Lattner9ee5d222004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002325
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002326<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2327<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Embedded Metadata</a>
2328</div>
2329
2330<div class="doc_text">
2331
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002332<p>Embedded metadata provides a way to attach arbitrary data to the instruction
2333 stream without affecting the behaviour of the program. There are two
2334 metadata primitives, strings and nodes. All metadata has the
2335 <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a preceding exclamation
2336 point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002337
2338<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002339 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2340 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002341
2342<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002343 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002344 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2345 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002346
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002347<p>A metadata node will attempt to track changes to the values it holds. In the
2348 event that a value is deleted, it will be replaced with a typeless
2349 "<tt>null</tt>", such as "<tt>metadata !{null, i32 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewyckycb337992009-05-10 20:57:05 +00002350
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002351<p>Optimizations may rely on metadata to provide additional information about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002352 the program that isn't available in the instructions, or that isn't easily
2353 computable. Similarly, the code generator may expect a certain metadata
2354 format to be used to express debugging information.</p>
2355
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002356</div>
2357
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002358<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002359<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2360<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2361
2362<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2363<div class="doc_subsection">
2364<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2365</div>
2366
2367<div class="doc_text">
2368
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002369<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2370 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2371 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2372 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002373 as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002374 expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
2375 containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
2376 inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002377
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002378<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002379<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002380i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002381</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002382</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002383
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002384<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2385 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2386 have:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002387
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002388<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002389<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002390%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002391</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002392</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002393
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002394<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2395 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2396 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002397
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002398<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002399<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002400call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002401</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002402</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002403
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002404<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
2405 stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
2406 yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2407 The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
2408 contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
2409 if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002410
2411<div class="doc_code">
2412<pre>
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002413call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002414</pre>
2415</div>
2416
2417<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
2418 first.</p>
2419
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002420<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002421 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2422 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2423 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002424
2425</div>
2426
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002427
2428<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2429<div class="doc_section">
2430 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2431</div>
2432<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2433
2434<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2435code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002436of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2437section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2438by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002439
2440<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2441<div class="doc_subsection">
2442<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2443</div>
2444
2445<div class="doc_text">
2446
2447<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2448href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2449pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2450cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2451
2452<pre>
2453 @X = global i8 4
2454 @Y = global i32 123
2455
2456 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2457 i8* @X,
2458 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2459 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2460</pre>
2461
2462<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2463compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2464a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2465internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2466list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2467inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2468"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2469
2470<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2471object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2472
2473</div>
2474
2475<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2476<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002477<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2478</div>
2479
2480<div class="doc_text">
2481
2482<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2483<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2484touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2485linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2486by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2487
2488<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2489should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2490
2491</div>
2492
2493<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2494<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002495<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2496</div>
2497
2498<div class="doc_text">
2499
2500<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2501
2502</div>
2503
2504<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2505<div class="doc_subsection">
2506<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2507</div>
2508
2509<div class="doc_text">
2510
2511<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2512
2513</div>
2514
2515
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002516<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002517<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2518<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002519
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002520<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002521
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002522<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2523 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2524 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2525 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2526 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2527 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002528
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002529</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002530
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002531<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002532<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2533Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002534
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002535<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002536
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002537<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2538 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2539 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2540 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2541 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2542 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2543
2544<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the
2545 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2546 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2547 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
Bill Wendling21c346e2009-11-02 00:25:26 +00002548 '<a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' Instruction, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002549 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2550 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2551 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002552
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002553</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002554
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002555<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002556<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2557Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002558
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002559<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002560
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002561<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002562<pre>
2563 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002564 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002565</pre>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002566
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002567<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002568<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2569 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2570
2571<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2572 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2573 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002574
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002575<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002576<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2577 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2578 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002579
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002580<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2581 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2582 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2583 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2584 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002585
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002586<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002587<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2588 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2589 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2590 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2591 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2592 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2593 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2594 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002595
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002596<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002597<pre>
2598 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002599 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling0a4bbbf2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002600 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002601</pre>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002602
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00002603<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support large
2604 return values. The specific sizes that are currently supported are
2605 dependent on the target. For integers, on 32-bit targets the limit
2606 is often 64 bits, and on 64-bit targets the limit is often 128 bits.
2607 For aggregate types, the current limits are dependent on the element
2608 types; for example targets are often limited to 2 total integer
2609 elements and 2 total floating-point elements.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002610
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002611</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002612<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002613<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002614
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002615<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002616
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002617<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002618<pre>
2619 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002620</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002621
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002622<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002623<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2624 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2625 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2626 branch.</p>
2627
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002628<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002629<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2630 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2631 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2632 target.</p>
2633
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002634<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002635<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002636 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2637 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2638 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2639
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002640<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002641<pre>
2642Test:
2643 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2644 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2645IfEqual:
2646 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2647IfUnequal:
2648 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2649</pre>
2650
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002651</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002652
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002653<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002654<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2655 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2656</div>
2657
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002658<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002659
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002660<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002661<pre>
2662 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2663</pre>
2664
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002665<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002666<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002667 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2668 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2669 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002670
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002671<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002672<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002673 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2674 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2675 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002676
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002677<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002678<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002679 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2680 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002681 transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2682 transferred to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002683
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002684<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002685<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002686 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2687 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2688 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002689
2690<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002691<pre>
2692 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002693 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002694 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002695
2696 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002697 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002698
2699 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002700 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2701 i32 1, label %onone
2702 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002703</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002704
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002705</div>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002706
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002707
2708<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2709<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002710 <a name="i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002711</div>
2712
2713<div class="doc_text">
2714
2715<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2716<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002717 indirectbr &lt;somety&gt;* &lt;address&gt;, [ label &lt;dest1&gt;, label &lt;dest2&gt;, ... ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002718</pre>
2719
2720<h5>Overview:</h5>
2721
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002722<p>The '<tt>indirectbr</tt>' instruction implements an indirect branch to a label
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002723 within the current function, whose address is specified by
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002724 "<tt>address</tt>". Address must be derived from a <a
2725 href="#blockaddress">blockaddress</a> constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002726
2727<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2728
2729<p>The '<tt>address</tt>' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
2730 rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations that the
2731 address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple times in the
2732 destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.</p>
2733
2734<p>This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an accurate
2735 understanding of the CFG.</p>
2736
2737<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2738
2739<p>Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
2740 possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise this
2741 instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to labels
2742 defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.</p>
2743
2744<h5>Implementation:</h5>
2745
2746<p>This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.</p>
2747
2748<h5>Example:</h5>
2749<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002750 indirectbr i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002751</pre>
2752
2753</div>
2754
2755
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002756<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002757<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2758 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
2759</div>
2760
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002761<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002762
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002763<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002764<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002765 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner76b8a332006-05-14 18:23:06 +00002766 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002767</pre>
2768
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002769<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002770<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002771 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
2772 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
2773 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
2774 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
2775 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
2776 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
2777 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002778
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002779<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002780<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002781
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002782<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002783 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
2784 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
2785 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002786
2787 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002788 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
2789 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002790
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002791 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002792 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
2793 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
2794 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002795
2796 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002797 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002798
2799 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002800 signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the
2801 function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can
2802 be specified.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002803
2804 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002805 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002806
2807 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002808 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002809
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002810 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002811 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
2812 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002813</ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002814
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002815<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002816<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
2817 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
2818 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
2819 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002820
2821<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002822 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
2823 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
2824 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002825
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002826<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
2827 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
2828 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
2829 available.</p>
Dan Gohmanf96a4992009-05-22 21:47:08 +00002830
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002831<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002832<pre>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002833 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002834 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002835 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002836 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002837</pre>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002838
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002839</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002840
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002841<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002842
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002843<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
2844Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002845
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002846<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002847
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002848<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002849<pre>
2850 unwind
2851</pre>
2852
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002853<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002854<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002855 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
2856 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
2857 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002858
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002859<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner72ed2002008-04-19 21:01:16 +00002860<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002861 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
2862 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
2863 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
2864 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
2865 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
2866
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002867</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002868
2869<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2870
2871<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
2872Instruction</a> </div>
2873
2874<div class="doc_text">
2875
2876<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2877<pre>
2878 unreachable
2879</pre>
2880
2881<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002882<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002883 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
2884 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
2885 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002886
2887<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002888<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002889
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002890</div>
2891
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002892<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002893<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002894
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002895<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002896
2897<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
2898 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
2899 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
2900 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
2901 has the same type as its operands.</p>
2902
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002903<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002904
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002905</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002906
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002907<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002908<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2909 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
2910</div>
2911
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002912<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002913
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002914<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002915<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002916 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002917 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2918 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2919 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002920</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002921
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002922<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002923<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002924
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002925<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002926<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
2927 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2928 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002929
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002930<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002931<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002932
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002933<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
2934 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002935
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002936<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
2937 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002938
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002939<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2940 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2941 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
2942 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002943
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002944<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002945<pre>
2946 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002947</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002948
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002949</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002950
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002951<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002952<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002953 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
2954</div>
2955
2956<div class="doc_text">
2957
2958<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002959<pre>
2960 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2961</pre>
2962
2963<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002964<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
2965
2966<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002967<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002968 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2969 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002970
2971<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002972<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
2973
2974<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002975<pre>
2976 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
2977</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002978
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002979</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002980
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002981<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2982<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002983 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
2984</div>
2985
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002986<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002987
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002988<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002989<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002990 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002991 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2992 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2993 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002994</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002995
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002996<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002997<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002998 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002999
3000<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003001 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3002 representations.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003003
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003004<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003005<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
3006 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3007 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003008
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003009<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003010<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003011
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003012<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003013 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
3014 result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003015
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003016<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3017 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003018
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003019<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3020 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3021 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
3022 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003023
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003024<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00003025<pre>
3026 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003027 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003028</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003029
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003030</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003031
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003032<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003033<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003034 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3035</div>
3036
3037<div class="doc_text">
3038
3039<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003040<pre>
3041 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3042</pre>
3043
3044<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003045<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003046 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003047
3048<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003049 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3050 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003051
3052<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00003053<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003054 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3055 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003056
3057<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003058<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
3059
3060<h5>Example:</h5>
3061<pre>
3062 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
3063 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
3064</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003065
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003066</div>
3067
3068<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3069<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003070 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3071</div>
3072
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003073<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003074
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003075<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003076<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003077 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003078 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3079 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3080 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003081</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003082
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003083<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003084<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003085
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003086<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003087<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
3088 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3089 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003090
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003091<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003092<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003093
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003094<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3095 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
3096 width of the result.</p>
3097
3098<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
3099 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
3100 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3101 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
3102 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3103 product.</p>
3104
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003105<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3106 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3107 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
3108 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003109
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003110<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003111<pre>
3112 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003113</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003114
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003115</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003116
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003117<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003118<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3119 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3120</div>
3121
3122<div class="doc_text">
3123
3124<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003125<pre>
3126 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003127</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003128
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003129<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003130<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003131
3132<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003133<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003134 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3135 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003136
3137<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003138<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
3139
3140<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003141<pre>
3142 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003143</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003144
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003145</div>
3146
3147<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003148<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
3149</a></div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003150
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003151<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003152
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003153<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003154<pre>
3155 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003156</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003157
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003158<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003159<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003160
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003161<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3162<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003163 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3164 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003165
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003166<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003167<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003168
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003169<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003170 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
3171
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003172<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003173
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003174<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003175<pre>
3176 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003177</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003178
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003179</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003180
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003181<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3182<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
3183</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003184
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003185<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003186
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003187<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003188<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003189 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003190 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003191</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003192
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003193<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003194<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003195
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003196<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003197<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003198 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3199 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003200
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003201<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003202<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
3203 towards zero.</p>
3204
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003205<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003206 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
3207
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003208<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003209 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
3210 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
3211
Dan Gohman9c5beed2009-07-22 00:04:19 +00003212<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
3213 <tt>sdiv</tt> is undefined if the result would be rounded or if overflow
3214 would occur.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003215
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003216<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003217<pre>
3218 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003219</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003220
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003221</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003222
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003223<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3224<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003225Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003226
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003227<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003228
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003229<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003230<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003231 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003232</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003233
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003234<h5>Overview:</h5>
3235<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003236
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003237<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003238<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003239 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3240 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003241
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003242<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003243<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003244
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003245<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003246<pre>
3247 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003248</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003249
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003250</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003251
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003252<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003253<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3254</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003255
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003256<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003257
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003258<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003259<pre>
3260 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003261</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003262
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003263<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003264<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3265 division of its two arguments.</p>
3266
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003267<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003268<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003269 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3270 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3271
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003272<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3273<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003274 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3275 remainder.</p>
3276
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003277<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003278 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3279
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003280<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003281
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003282<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003283<pre>
3284 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003285</pre>
3286
3287</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003288
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003289<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003290<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3291 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3292</div>
3293
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003294<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003295
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003296<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003297<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003298 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003299</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003300
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003301<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003302<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3303 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3304 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3305 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003306
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003307<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003308<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003309 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3310 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003311
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003312<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003313<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003314 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3315 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3316 a value. For more information about the difference,
3317 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3318 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3319 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3320 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3321
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003322<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003323 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3324
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003325<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003326 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3327 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3328 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3329 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3330 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3331
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003332<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003333<pre>
3334 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003335</pre>
3336
3337</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003338
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003339<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003340<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3341 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3342
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003343<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003344
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003345<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003346<pre>
3347 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003348</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003349
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003350<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003351<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3352 its two operands.</p>
3353
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003354<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3355<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003356 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3357 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003358
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003359<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003360<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3361 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003362
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003363<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003364<pre>
3365 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003366</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003367
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003368</div>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003369
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003370<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3371<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3372Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003373
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003374<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003375
3376<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3377 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3378 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3379 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3380 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3381
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003382</div>
3383
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003384<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3385<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3386Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003387
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003388<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003389
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003390<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003391<pre>
3392 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003393</pre>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003394
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003395<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003396<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3397 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003398
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003399<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003400<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3401 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3402 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003403
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003404<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003405<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3406 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3407 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3408 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3409 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3410 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003411
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003412<h5>Example:</h5>
3413<pre>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003414 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3415 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3416 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003417 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003418 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003419</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003420
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003421</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003422
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003423<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3424<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3425Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003426
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003427<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003428
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003429<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003430<pre>
3431 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003432</pre>
3433
3434<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003435<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3436 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003437
3438<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3439<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003440 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3441 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003442
3443<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3444<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003445 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3446 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3447 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3448 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3449 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003450
3451<h5>Example:</h5>
3452<pre>
3453 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3454 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3455 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3456 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003457 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003458 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003459</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003460
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003461</div>
3462
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003463<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003464<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3465Instruction</a> </div>
3466<div class="doc_text">
3467
3468<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003469<pre>
3470 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003471</pre>
3472
3473<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003474<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3475 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3476 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003477
3478<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3479<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003480 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3481 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003482
3483<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003484<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3485 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3486 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3487 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3488 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3489 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003490
3491<h5>Example:</h5>
3492<pre>
3493 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3494 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3495 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3496 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003497 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003498 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003499</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003500
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003501</div>
3502
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003503<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003504<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3505Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003506
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003507<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003508
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003509<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003510<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003511 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003512</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003513
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003514<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003515<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3516 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003517
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003518<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003519<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003520 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3521 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003522
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003523<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003524<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003525
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003526<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003527 <tbody>
3528 <tr>
3529 <td>In0</td>
3530 <td>In1</td>
3531 <td>Out</td>
3532 </tr>
3533 <tr>
3534 <td>0</td>
3535 <td>0</td>
3536 <td>0</td>
3537 </tr>
3538 <tr>
3539 <td>0</td>
3540 <td>1</td>
3541 <td>0</td>
3542 </tr>
3543 <tr>
3544 <td>1</td>
3545 <td>0</td>
3546 <td>0</td>
3547 </tr>
3548 <tr>
3549 <td>1</td>
3550 <td>1</td>
3551 <td>1</td>
3552 </tr>
3553 </tbody>
3554</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003555
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003556<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003557<pre>
3558 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003559 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3560 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003561</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003562</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003563<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003564<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003565
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003566<div class="doc_text">
3567
3568<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3569<pre>
3570 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3571</pre>
3572
3573<h5>Overview:</h5>
3574<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3575 two operands.</p>
3576
3577<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003578<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003579 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3580 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3581
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003582<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003583<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003584
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003585<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3586 <tbody>
3587 <tr>
3588 <td>In0</td>
3589 <td>In1</td>
3590 <td>Out</td>
3591 </tr>
3592 <tr>
3593 <td>0</td>
3594 <td>0</td>
3595 <td>0</td>
3596 </tr>
3597 <tr>
3598 <td>0</td>
3599 <td>1</td>
3600 <td>1</td>
3601 </tr>
3602 <tr>
3603 <td>1</td>
3604 <td>0</td>
3605 <td>1</td>
3606 </tr>
3607 <tr>
3608 <td>1</td>
3609 <td>1</td>
3610 <td>1</td>
3611 </tr>
3612 </tbody>
3613</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003614
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003615<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003616<pre>
3617 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003618 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3619 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003620</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003621
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003622</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003623
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003624<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003625<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3626Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003627
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003628<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003629
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003630<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003631<pre>
3632 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003633</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003634
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003635<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003636<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3637 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3638 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3639
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003640<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003641<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003642 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3643 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003644
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003645<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003646<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003647
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003648<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3649 <tbody>
3650 <tr>
3651 <td>In0</td>
3652 <td>In1</td>
3653 <td>Out</td>
3654 </tr>
3655 <tr>
3656 <td>0</td>
3657 <td>0</td>
3658 <td>0</td>
3659 </tr>
3660 <tr>
3661 <td>0</td>
3662 <td>1</td>
3663 <td>1</td>
3664 </tr>
3665 <tr>
3666 <td>1</td>
3667 <td>0</td>
3668 <td>1</td>
3669 </tr>
3670 <tr>
3671 <td>1</td>
3672 <td>1</td>
3673 <td>0</td>
3674 </tr>
3675 </tbody>
3676</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003677
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003678<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003679<pre>
3680 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003681 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3682 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3683 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003684</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003685
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003686</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003687
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003688<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003689<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003690 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3691</div>
3692
3693<div class="doc_text">
3694
3695<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003696 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3697 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3698 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3699 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3700 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003701
3702</div>
3703
3704<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3705<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3706 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3707</div>
3708
3709<div class="doc_text">
3710
3711<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003712<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003713 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003714</pre>
3715
3716<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003717<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
3718 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003719
3720
3721<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003722<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3723 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
3724 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
3725 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003726
3727<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003728<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
3729 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
3730 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3731 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003732
3733<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003734<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003735 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003736</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003737
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003738</div>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003739
3740<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3741<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3742 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3743</div>
3744
3745<div class="doc_text">
3746
3747<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003748<pre>
Dan Gohmanf3480b92008-05-12 23:38:42 +00003749 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003750</pre>
3751
3752<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003753<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
3754 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003755
3756<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003757<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3758 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
3759 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
3760 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
3761 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003762
3763<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003764<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
3765 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
3766 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3767 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003768
3769<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003770<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003771 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003772</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003773
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003774</div>
3775
3776<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3777<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3778 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
3779</div>
3780
3781<div class="doc_text">
3782
3783<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003784<pre>
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003785 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003786</pre>
3787
3788<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003789<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
3790 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
3791 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003792
3793<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003794<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
3795 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
3796 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
3797 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
3798 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003799
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003800<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
3801 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003802
3803<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003804<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
3805 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
3806 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
3807 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
3808 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003809
3810<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003811<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003812 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003813 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003814 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003815 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003816 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003817 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003818 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003819 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003820</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003821
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003822</div>
Tanya Lattner09474292006-04-14 19:24:33 +00003823
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003824<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3825<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003826 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
3827</div>
3828
3829<div class="doc_text">
3830
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003831<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with aggregate values.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003832
3833</div>
3834
3835<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3836<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3837 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3838</div>
3839
3840<div class="doc_text">
3841
3842<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003843<pre>
3844 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
3845</pre>
3846
3847<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003848<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a struct field
3849 or array element from an aggregate value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003850
3851<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003852<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3853 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3854 operands are constant indices to specify which value to extract in a similar
3855 manner as indices in a
3856 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003857
3858<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003859<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
3860 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003861
3862<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003863<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003864 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003865</pre>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003866
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003867</div>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003868
3869<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3870<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3871 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3872</div>
3873
3874<div class="doc_text">
3875
3876<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003877<pre>
Dan Gohman81a0c0b2008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003878 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003879</pre>
3880
3881<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003882<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a struct field or
3883 array element in an aggregate.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003884
3885
3886<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003887<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3888 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3889 second operand is a first-class value to insert. The following operands are
3890 constant indices indicating the position at which to insert the value in a
3891 similar manner as indices in a
3892 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. The
3893 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
3894 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003895
3896<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003897<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
3898 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
3899 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003900
3901<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003902<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003903 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32, float}</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003904</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003905
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003906</div>
3907
3908
3909<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3910<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00003911 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003912</div>
3913
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003914<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003915
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003916<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
3917 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00003918 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003919 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003920
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003921</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003922
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003923<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003924<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003925 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
3926</div>
3927
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003928<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003929
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003930<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003931<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003932 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003933</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003934
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003935<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003936<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003937 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
3938 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
3939 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003940
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003941<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003942<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
3943 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
3944 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
3945 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
3946 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
3947 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
3948 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
3949 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
3950 type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003951
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003952<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003953
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003954<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling871eb0a2009-05-08 20:49:29 +00003955<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003956 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
3957 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
3958 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
3959 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
3960 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
3961 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
3962 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003963
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003964<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003965<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00003966 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3967 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3968 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3969 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003970</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003971
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003972</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003973
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003974<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003975<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
3976Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003977
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003978<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003979
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003980<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003981<pre>
3982 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3983 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3984</pre>
3985
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003986<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003987<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003988
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003989<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003990<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
3991 from which to load. The pointer must point to
3992 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
3993 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
3994 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
3995 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
3996 instructions. </p>
3997
3998<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
3999 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4000 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4001 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4002 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4003 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4004 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4005
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004006<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004007<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
4008 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
4009 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
4010 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
4011 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
4012 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
4013 same type.</p>
4014
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004015<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004016<pre>
4017 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4018 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004019 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004020</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004021
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004022</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004023
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004024<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004025<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
4026Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004027
Reid Spencer035ab572006-11-09 21:18:01 +00004028<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004029
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004030<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004031<pre>
4032 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Christopher Lamb2330e4d2007-04-21 08:16:25 +00004033 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004034</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004035
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004036<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004037<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004038
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004039<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004040<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
4041 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
4042 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
4043 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
4044 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked
4045 as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number
4046 or order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other
4047 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
4048 instructions.</p>
4049
4050<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
4051 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4052 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4053 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4054 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4055 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4056 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4057
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004058<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004059<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
4060 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
4061 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
4062 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
4063 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
4064 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
4065 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
4066 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
4067
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004068<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004069<pre>
4070 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8c6c72d2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00004071 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
4072 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004073</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004074
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004075</div>
4076
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004077<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004078<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4079 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
4080</div>
4081
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004082<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004083
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004084<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004085<pre>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004086 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004087 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004088</pre>
4089
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004090<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004091<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
4092 subelement of an aggregate data structure. It performs address calculation
4093 only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004094
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004095<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004096<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004097 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004098 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
4099 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
4100 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
4101 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
4102 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
4103 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors
4104 and structs. Note that subsequent types being indexed into can never be
4105 pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before continuing
4106 calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004107
4108<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004109 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004110 <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer or
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004111 vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
4112 constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004113
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004114<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
4115 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004116
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004117<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004118<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004119struct RT {
4120 char A;
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004121 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004122 char C;
4123};
4124struct ST {
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004125 int X;
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004126 double Y;
4127 struct RT Z;
4128};
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004129
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004130int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004131 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
4132}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004133</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004134</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004135
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004136<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004137
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004138<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004139<pre>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +00004140%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
4141%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004142
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004143define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004144entry:
4145 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
4146 ret i32* %reg
4147}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004148</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004149</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004150
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004151<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004152<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004153 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
4154 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
4155 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
4156 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
4157 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
4158 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
4159 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
4160 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004161
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004162<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
4163 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4164 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004165
4166<pre>
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004167 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004168 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004169 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4170 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004171 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4172 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4173 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004174 }
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004175</pre>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004176
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004177<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004178 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is undefined if the base pointer is not an
4179 <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object, or if any of the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004180 that would be formed by successive addition of the offsets implied by the
4181 indices to the base address with infinitely precise arithmetic are not an
4182 <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated object.
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004183 The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004184 that point into the object, plus the address one byte past the end.</p>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004185
4186<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4187 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4188 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4189 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4190 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4191 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4192 section for more information.</p>
4193
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004194<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4195 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004196
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004197<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004198<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004199 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004200 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4201 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004202 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004203 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4204 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta9f805c22009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004205 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta16ffa802009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004206 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004207</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004208
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004209</div>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004210
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004211<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004212<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004213</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004214
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004215<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004216
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004217<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004218 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4219 conversions on the operand.</p>
4220
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004221</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004222
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004223<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004224<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004225 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4226</div>
4227<div class="doc_text">
4228
4229<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4230<pre>
4231 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4232</pre>
4233
4234<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004235<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4236 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004237
4238<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004239<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4240 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4241 size and type of the result, which must be
4242 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4243 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4244 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004245
4246<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004247<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4248 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4249 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4250 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004251
4252<h5>Example:</h5>
4253<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004254 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004255 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004256 %Z = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004257</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004258
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004259</div>
4260
4261<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4262<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4263 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4264</div>
4265<div class="doc_text">
4266
4267<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4268<pre>
4269 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4270</pre>
4271
4272<h5>Overview:</h5>
4273<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004274 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004275
4276
4277<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4278<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004279 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4280 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4281 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4282 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004283
4284<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4285<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004286 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004287
Reid Spencerb5929522007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004288<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004289
4290<h5>Example:</h5>
4291<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004292 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004293 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004294</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004295
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004296</div>
4297
4298<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4299<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4300 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4301</div>
4302<div class="doc_text">
4303
4304<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4305<pre>
4306 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4307</pre>
4308
4309<h5>Overview:</h5>
4310<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4311
4312<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004313<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
4314 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4315 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4316 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4317 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004318
4319<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004320<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4321 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4322 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004323
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004324<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004325
4326<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004327<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004328 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004329 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004330</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004331
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004332</div>
4333
4334<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4335<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004336 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4337</div>
4338
4339<div class="doc_text">
4340
4341<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004342<pre>
4343 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4344</pre>
4345
4346<h5>Overview:</h5>
4347<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004348 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004349
4350<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4351<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004352 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4353 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
4354 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
4355 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004356
4357<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004358<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
4359 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
4360 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4361 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4362 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004363
4364<h5>Example:</h5>
4365<pre>
4366 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4367 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4368</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004369
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004370</div>
4371
4372<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4373<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004374 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4375</div>
4376<div class="doc_text">
4377
4378<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4379<pre>
4380 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4381</pre>
4382
4383<h5>Overview:</h5>
4384<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004385 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004386
4387<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4388<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004389 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4390 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4391 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004392
4393<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004394<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004395 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4396 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4397 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4398 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004399
4400<h5>Example:</h5>
4401<pre>
4402 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4403 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4404</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004405
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004406</div>
4407
4408<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4409<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer24d6da52007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004410 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004411</div>
4412<div class="doc_text">
4413
4414<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4415<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004416 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004417</pre>
4418
4419<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004420<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004421 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004422
4423<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004424<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4425 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4426 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4427 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4428 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004429
4430<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004431<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
4432 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4433 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4434 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004435
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004436<h5>Example:</h5>
4437<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004438 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004439 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004440 %Z = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004441</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004442
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004443</div>
4444
4445<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4446<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004447 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004448</div>
4449<div class="doc_text">
4450
4451<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4452<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004453 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004454</pre>
4455
4456<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004457<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004458 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4459 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004460
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004461<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004462<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4463 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4464 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4465 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4466 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004467
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004468<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004469<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004470 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4471 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4472 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004473
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004474<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004475<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004476 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004477 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004478 %Z = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004479</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004480
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004481</div>
4482
4483<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4484<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004485 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004486</div>
4487<div class="doc_text">
4488
4489<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4490<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004491 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004492</pre>
4493
4494<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004495<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004496 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004497
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004498<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004499<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004500 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4501 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4502 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4503 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004504
4505<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004506<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004507 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4508 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4509 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004510
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004511<h5>Example:</h5>
4512<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004513 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004514 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004515</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004516
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004517</div>
4518
4519<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4520<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004521 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004522</div>
4523<div class="doc_text">
4524
4525<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4526<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004527 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004528</pre>
4529
4530<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004531<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4532 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004533
4534<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004535<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004536 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4537 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4538 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4539 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004540
4541<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004542<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4543 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4544 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004545
4546<h5>Example:</h5>
4547<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004548 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004549 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004550</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004551
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004552</div>
4553
4554<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4555<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004556 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4557</div>
4558<div class="doc_text">
4559
4560<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4561<pre>
4562 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4563</pre>
4564
4565<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004566<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4567 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004568
4569<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004570<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4571 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4572 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004573
4574<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4575<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004576 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4577 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4578 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4579 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4580 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4581 change.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004582
4583<h5>Example:</h5>
4584<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004585 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4586 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004587</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004588
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004589</div>
4590
4591<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4592<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4593 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4594</div>
4595<div class="doc_text">
4596
4597<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4598<pre>
4599 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4600</pre>
4601
4602<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004603<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4604 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004605
4606<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004607<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004608 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4609 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004610
4611<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4612<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004613 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4614 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4615 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4616 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4617 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004618
4619<h5>Example:</h5>
4620<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004621 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004622 %Y = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4623 %Z = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004624</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004625
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004626</div>
4627
4628<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4629<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004630 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004631</div>
4632<div class="doc_text">
4633
4634<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4635<pre>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004636 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004637</pre>
4638
4639<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004640<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004641 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004642
4643<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004644<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4645 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4646 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4647 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4648 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4649 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4650 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4651 size).</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004652
4653<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004654<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004655 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4656 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4657 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4658 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4659 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4660 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004661
4662<h5>Example:</h5>
4663<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004664 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004665 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004666 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004667</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004668
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004669</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004670
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004671<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4672<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004673
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004674<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004675
4676<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4677 defy better classification.</p>
4678
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004679</div>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004680
4681<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4682<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4683</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004684
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004685<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004686
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004687<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004688<pre>
4689 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004690</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004691
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004692<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004693<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
4694 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
4695 pointer operands.</p>
4696
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004697<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4698<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004699 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4700 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4701
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004702<ol>
4703 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
4704 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
4705 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
4706 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
4707 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
4708 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
4709 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
4710 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
4711 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
4712 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
4713</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004714
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00004715<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004716 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
4717 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
4718
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004719<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004720<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
4721 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004722 either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004723 result, as follows:</p>
4724
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004725<ol>
4726 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004727 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4728 performed.</li>
4729
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004730 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004731 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4732 performed.</li>
4733
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004734 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004735 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4736
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004737 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004738 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4739 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4740
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004741 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004742 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4743
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004744 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004745 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4746
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004747 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004748 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4749
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004750 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004751 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4752 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4753
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004754 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004755 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4756
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004757 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004758 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004759</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004760
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004761<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004762 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
4763
4764<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
4765 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
4766 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004767
4768<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004769<pre>
4770 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004771 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4772 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4773 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4774 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4775 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004776</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004777
4778<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4779 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4780
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004781</div>
4782
4783<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4784<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4785</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004786
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004787<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004788
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004789<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004790<pre>
4791 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004792</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004793
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004794<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004795<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
4796 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
4797
4798<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004799(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004800
4801<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
4802 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
4803 compared.</p>
4804
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004805<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4806<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004807 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4808 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4809
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004810<ol>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004811 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004812 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
4813 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
4814 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
4815 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
4816 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
4817 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
4818 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
4819 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
4820 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
4821 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
4822 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
4823 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
4824 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
4825 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004826 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004827</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004828
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004829<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004830 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
4831
4832<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
4833 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
4834 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
4835 identical types.</p>
4836
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004837<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004838<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004839 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
4840 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004841 performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004842 follows:</p>
4843
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004844<ol>
4845 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004846
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004847 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004848 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4849
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004850 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004851 <tt>op1</tt> is greather than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4852
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004853 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004854 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4855
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004856 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004857 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4858
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004859 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004860 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4861
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004862 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004863 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4864
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004865 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004866
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004867 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004868 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4869
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004870 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004871 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4872
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004873 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004874 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4875
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004876 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004877 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4878
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004879 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004880 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4881
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004882 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004883 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4884
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004885 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004886
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004887 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
4888</ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004889
4890<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004891<pre>
4892 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004893 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4894 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4895 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004896</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004897
4898<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4899 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4900
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004901</div>
4902
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004903<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemanac80ade2008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004904<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004905 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
4906</div>
4907
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004908<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004909
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004910<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004911<pre>
4912 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
4913</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004914
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004915<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004916<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
4917 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
4918
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004919<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004920<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
4921 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
4922 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
4923 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
4924 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
4925 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004926
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004927<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
4928 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
4929 block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004930
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004931<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
4932 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
4933 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
4934 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foadd2449092009-06-03 10:20:10 +00004935
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004936<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004937<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004938 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
4939 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004940
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004941<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004942<pre>
4943Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
4944 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
4945 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
4946 br label %Loop
4947</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004948
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004949</div>
4950
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004951<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4952<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4953 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
4954</div>
4955
4956<div class="doc_text">
4957
4958<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004959<pre>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004960 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
4961
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004962 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004963</pre>
4964
4965<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004966<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
4967 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004968
4969
4970<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004971<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
4972 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
4973 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
4974 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
4975 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004976
4977<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004978<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
4979 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004980
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004981<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
4982 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004983
4984<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004985<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004986 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004987</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004988
4989<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
4990 with vector type.</p>
4991
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004992</div>
4993
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00004994<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4995<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004996 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
4997</div>
4998
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004999<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005000
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005001<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005002<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00005003 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005004</pre>
5005
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005006<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005007<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005008
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005009<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005010<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005011
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005012<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005013 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses
5014 any allocas or varargs in the caller. If the "tail" marker is present,
5015 the function call is eligible for tail call optimization. Note that calls
5016 may be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
5017 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005018
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005019 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
5020 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
5021 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005022
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005023 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
5024 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
5025 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
5026
5027 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
5028 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
5029 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
5030
5031 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
5032 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
5033 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
5034 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
5035
5036 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
5037 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
5038 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
5039 to function value.</li>
5040
5041 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
5042 signature argument types. All arguments must be of
5043 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
5044 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
5045 arguments can be specified.</li>
5046
5047 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
5048 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
5049 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005050</ol>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005051
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005052<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005053<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
5054 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
5055 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
5056 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
5057 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
5058 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005059
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005060<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005061<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00005062 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Chris Lattner772fccf2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00005063 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
5064 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5065 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5066 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00005067
5068 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005069 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00005070 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
5071 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner85a350f2008-10-08 06:26:11 +00005072 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmancb73d192008-10-07 10:03:45 +00005073 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005074</pre>
5075
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005076<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
Dale Johannesen9f8380b2009-09-25 17:04:42 +00005077standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
5078optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
5079something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
5080freestanding environments and non-C-based langauges.</p>
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005081
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005082</div>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005083
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005084<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005085<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00005086 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005087</div>
5088
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005089<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005090
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005091<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005092<pre>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005093 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005094</pre>
5095
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005096<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005097<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005098 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
5099 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005100
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005101<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005102<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
5103 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
5104 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
5105 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005106
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005107<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005108<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
5109 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
5110 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
5111 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005112
5113<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005114 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
5115 function.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005116
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005117<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
5118 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
5119 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005120
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005121<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005122<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
5123
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005124<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
5125 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
5126 any target.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00005127
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005128</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005129
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005130<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00005131<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
5132<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005133
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005134<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005135
5136<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005137 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
5138 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
5139 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
5140 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
5141 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005142
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005143<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005144 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
5145 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
5146 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
5147 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
5148 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
5149 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
5150 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005151
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005152<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
5153 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
5154 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
5155 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
5156 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
5157 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
5158 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
5159 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
5160 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
5161 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005162
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005163<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
5164 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
5165 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
5166 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
5167 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
5168 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
5169 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5170 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5171 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5172 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005173
5174<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005175 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005176
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005177</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005178
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005179<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005180<div class="doc_subsection">
5181 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5182</div>
5183
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005184<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005185
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005186<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5187 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5188 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5189 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005190
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005191<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5192 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5193 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5194 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005195
Chris Lattner374ab302006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005196<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005197 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5198 used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005199
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005200<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005201<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005202define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005203 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005204 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005205 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005206 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005207
5208 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005209 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005210
5211 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005212 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005213 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005214 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005215 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005216
5217 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005218 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005219 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005220}
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005221
5222declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5223declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5224declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005225</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005226</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005227
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005228</div>
5229
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005230<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005231<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005232 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005233</div>
5234
5235
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005236<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005237
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005238<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005239<pre>
5240 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5241</pre>
5242
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005243<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005244<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5245 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005246
5247<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005248<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005249
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005250<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005251<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005252 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5253 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5254 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5255 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5256 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5257 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005258
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005259</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005260
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005261<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005262<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005263 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005264</div>
5265
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005266<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005267
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005268<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5269<pre>
5270 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5271</pre>
5272
5273<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005274<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005275 which has been initialized previously
5276 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5277 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005278
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005279<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005280<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005281
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005282<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005283<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005284 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5285 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5286 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5287 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5288 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005289
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005290</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005291
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005292<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005293<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005294 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005295</div>
5296
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005297<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005298
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005299<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005300<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005301 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005302</pre>
5303
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005304<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005305<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005306 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005307
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005308<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005309<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005310 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5311 from.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005312
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005313<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005314<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005315 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5316 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5317 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5318 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5319 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005320
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005321</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005322
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005323<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5324<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005325 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5326</div>
5327
5328<div class="doc_text">
5329
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005330<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005331Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005332intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5333roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5334require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5335barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5336these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5337see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5338LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005339
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005340<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5341 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005342
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005343</div>
5344
5345<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5346<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005347 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005348</div>
5349
5350<div class="doc_text">
5351
5352<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005353<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005354 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005355</pre>
5356
5357<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005358<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005359 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005360
5361<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005362<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005363 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5364 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5365 root.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005366
5367<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner05d67092008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005368<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005369 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5370 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5371 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5372 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005373
5374</div>
5375
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005376<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5377<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005378 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005379</div>
5380
5381<div class="doc_text">
5382
5383<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005384<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005385 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005386</pre>
5387
5388<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005389<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005390 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5391 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005392
5393<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005394<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005395 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5396 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5397 null).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005398
5399<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005400<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005401 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5402 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5403 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5404 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005405
5406</div>
5407
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005408<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5409<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005410 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005411</div>
5412
5413<div class="doc_text">
5414
5415<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005416<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005417 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005418</pre>
5419
5420<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005421<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005422 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5423 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005424
5425<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005426<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005427 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5428 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5429 be null.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005430
5431<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005432<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005433 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5434 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5435 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5436 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005437
5438</div>
5439
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005440<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5441<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005442 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5443</div>
5444
5445<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005446
5447<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5448 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005449
5450</div>
5451
5452<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5453<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005454 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005455</div>
5456
5457<div class="doc_text">
5458
5459<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5460<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005461 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005462</pre>
5463
5464<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005465<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5466 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5467 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005468
5469<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005470<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5471 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5472 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005473
5474<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005475<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5476 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5477 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5478 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5479 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005480
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005481<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5482 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5483 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005484
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005485</div>
5486
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005487<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5488<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005489 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005490</div>
5491
5492<div class="doc_text">
5493
5494<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5495<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005496 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005497</pre>
5498
5499<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005500<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5501 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005502
5503<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005504<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5505 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5506 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005507
5508<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005509<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5510 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5511 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5512 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5513 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005514
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005515<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5516 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5517 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005518
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005519</div>
5520
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005521<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5522<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005523 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005524</div>
5525
5526<div class="doc_text">
5527
5528<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5529<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005530 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005531</pre>
5532
5533<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005534<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5535 of the function stack, for use
5536 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5537 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5538 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005539
5540<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005541<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5542 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5543 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5544 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5545 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5546 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5547 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005548
5549</div>
5550
5551<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5552<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005553 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005554</div>
5555
5556<div class="doc_text">
5557
5558<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5559<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005560 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005561</pre>
5562
5563<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005564<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5565 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5566 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5567 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5568 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005569
5570<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005571<p>See the description
5572 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005573
5574</div>
5575
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005576<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5577<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005578 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005579</div>
5580
5581<div class="doc_text">
5582
5583<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5584<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005585 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005586</pre>
5587
5588<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005589<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5590 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5591 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5592 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005593
5594<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005595<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5596 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5597 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5598 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5599 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005600
5601<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005602<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5603 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5604 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5605 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005606
5607</div>
5608
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005609<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5610<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005611 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005612</div>
5613
5614<div class="doc_text">
5615
5616<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5617<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005618 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005619</pre>
5620
5621<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005622<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5623 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5624 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5625 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5626 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5627 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5628 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5629 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005630
5631<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005632<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005633
5634<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005635<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
5636 not support this intrinisic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005637
5638</div>
5639
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005640<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5641<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005642 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005643</div>
5644
5645<div class="doc_text">
5646
5647<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5648<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005649 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005650</pre>
5651
5652<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005653<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5654 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5655 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5656 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5657 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005658
5659<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005660<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5661 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5662 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5663 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005664
5665</div>
5666
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005667<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5668<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005669 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5670</div>
5671
5672<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005673
5674<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5675 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
5676 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
5677 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005678
5679</div>
5680
5681<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5682<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005683 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005684</div>
5685
5686<div class="doc_text">
5687
5688<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005689<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
5690 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5691
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005692<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005693 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005694 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005695 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5696 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005697 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005698 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005699 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005700 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005701</pre>
5702
5703<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005704<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5705 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005706
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005707<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
5708 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005709
5710<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005711<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5712 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5713 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5714 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005715
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005716<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5717 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
5718 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005719
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005720<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005721<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5722 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
5723 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
5724 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
5725 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005726
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005727</div>
5728
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005729<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5730<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005731 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005732</div>
5733
5734<div class="doc_text">
5735
5736<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005737<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005738 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5739
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005740<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005741 declare void @llvm.memmove.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005742 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005743 declare void @llvm.memmove.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5744 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005745 declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005746 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005747 declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005748 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005749</pre>
5750
5751<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005752<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
5753 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
5754 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
5755 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005756
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005757<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
5758 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005759
5760<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005761<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5762 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5763 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5764 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005765
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005766<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5767 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
5768 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005769
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005770<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005771<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5772 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
5773 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5774 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5775 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005776
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005777</div>
5778
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005779<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5780<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005781 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005782</div>
5783
5784<div class="doc_text">
5785
5786<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005787<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005788 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5789
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005790<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005791 declare void @llvm.memset.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005792 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005793 declare void @llvm.memset.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
5794 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005795 declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005796 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005797 declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005798 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005799</pre>
5800
5801<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005802<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
5803 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005804
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005805<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
5806 intrinsic does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005807
5808<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005809<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
5810 byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer argument
5811 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
5812 alignment of destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005813
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005814<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5815 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
5816 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005817
5818<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005819<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
5820 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5821 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5822 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005823
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005824</div>
5825
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00005826<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5827<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005828 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005829</div>
5830
5831<div class="doc_text">
5832
5833<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005834<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
5835 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5836 types however.</p>
5837
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005838<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005839 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
5840 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
5841 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5842 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
5843 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005844</pre>
5845
5846<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005847<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
5848 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
5849 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
5850 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
5851 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
5852 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005853
5854<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005855<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5856 type.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005857
5858<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005859<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
5860 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005861
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005862</div>
5863
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005864<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5865<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005866 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005867</div>
5868
5869<div class="doc_text">
5870
5871<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005872<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
5873 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5874 types however.</p>
5875
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005876<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005877 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
5878 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
5879 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
5880 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
5881 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005882</pre>
5883
5884<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005885<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5886 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
5887 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
5888 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005889
5890<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005891<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
5892 that power.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005893
5894<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005895<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
5896 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005897
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005898</div>
5899
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005900<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5901<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5902 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5903</div>
5904
5905<div class="doc_text">
5906
5907<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005908<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
5909 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5910 types however.</p>
5911
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005912<pre>
5913 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
5914 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
5915 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5916 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
5917 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5918</pre>
5919
5920<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005921<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005922
5923<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005924<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5925 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005926
5927<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005928<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
5929 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5930 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005931
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005932</div>
5933
5934<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5935<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5936 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5937</div>
5938
5939<div class="doc_text">
5940
5941<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005942<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
5943 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5944 types however.</p>
5945
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005946<pre>
5947 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
5948 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
5949 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5950 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
5951 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5952</pre>
5953
5954<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005955<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005956
5957<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005958<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5959 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005960
5961<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005962<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
5963 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5964 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005965
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005966</div>
5967
5968<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5969<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5970 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5971</div>
5972
5973<div class="doc_text">
5974
5975<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005976<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
5977 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5978 types however.</p>
5979
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005980<pre>
5981 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
5982 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
5983 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
5984 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
5985 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
5986</pre>
5987
5988<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005989<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5990 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005991
5992<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005993<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
5994 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005995
5996<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005997<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
5998 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
5999 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006000
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006001</div>
6002
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006003<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6004<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006005 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006006</div>
6007
6008<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006009
6010<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
6011 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006012
6013</div>
6014
6015<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6016<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006017 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006018</div>
6019
6020<div class="doc_text">
6021
6022<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006023<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006024 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
6025
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006026<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006027 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
6028 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
6029 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006030</pre>
6031
6032<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006033<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
6034 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
6035 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
6036 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006037
6038<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006039<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
6040 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
6041 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
6042 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
6043 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
6044 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
6045 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
6046 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006047
6048</div>
6049
6050<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6051<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00006052 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006053</div>
6054
6055<div class="doc_text">
6056
6057<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006058<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006059 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6060
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006061<pre>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006062 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006063 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006064 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006065 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6066 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006067</pre>
6068
6069<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006070<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
6071 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006072
6073<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006074<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6075 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006076
6077<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006078<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006079
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006080</div>
6081
6082<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6083<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006084 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006085</div>
6086
6087<div class="doc_text">
6088
6089<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006090<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
6091 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6092
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006093<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006094 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6095 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006096 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006097 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6098 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006099</pre>
6100
6101<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006102<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6103 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006104
6105<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006106<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6107 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006108
6109<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006110<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
6111 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6112 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006113
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006114</div>
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006115
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006116<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6117<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006118 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006119</div>
6120
6121<div class="doc_text">
6122
6123<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006124<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
6125 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6126
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006127<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006128 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6129 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006130 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006131 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6132 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006133</pre>
6134
6135<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006136<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6137 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006138
6139<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006140<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6141 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006142
6143<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006144<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
6145 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6146 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006147
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006148</div>
6149
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006150<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6151<div class="doc_subsection">
6152 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
6153</div>
6154
6155<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006156
6157<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006158
6159</div>
6160
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006161<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6162<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006163 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006164</div>
6165
6166<div class="doc_text">
6167
6168<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006169<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006170 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006171
6172<pre>
6173 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6174 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6175 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6176</pre>
6177
6178<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006179<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006180 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6181 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006182
6183<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006184<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006185 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6186 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6187 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6188 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006189
6190<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006191<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006192 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6193 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6194 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6195 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006196
6197<h5>Examples:</h5>
6198<pre>
6199 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6200 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6201 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6202 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6203</pre>
6204
6205</div>
6206
6207<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6208<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006209 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006210</div>
6211
6212<div class="doc_text">
6213
6214<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006215<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006216 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006217
6218<pre>
6219 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6220 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6221 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6222</pre>
6223
6224<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006225<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006226 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6227 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006228
6229<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006230<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006231 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6232 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6233 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6234 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006235
6236<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006237<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006238 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6239 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6240 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006241
6242<h5>Examples:</h5>
6243<pre>
6244 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6245 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6246 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6247 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6248</pre>
6249
6250</div>
6251
6252<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6253<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006254 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006255</div>
6256
6257<div class="doc_text">
6258
6259<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006260<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006261 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006262
6263<pre>
6264 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6265 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6266 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6267</pre>
6268
6269<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006270<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006271 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6272 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006273
6274<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006275<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006276 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6277 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6278 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6279 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006280
6281<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006282<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006283 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6284 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6285 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6286 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006287
6288<h5>Examples:</h5>
6289<pre>
6290 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6291 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6292 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6293 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6294</pre>
6295
6296</div>
6297
6298<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6299<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006300 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006301</div>
6302
6303<div class="doc_text">
6304
6305<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006306<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006307 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006308
6309<pre>
6310 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6311 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6312 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6313</pre>
6314
6315<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006316<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006317 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6318 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006319
6320<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006321<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006322 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6323 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6324 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6325 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006326
6327<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006328<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006329 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6330 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6331 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6332 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006333
6334<h5>Examples:</h5>
6335<pre>
6336 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6337 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6338 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6339 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6340</pre>
6341
6342</div>
6343
6344<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6345<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006346 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006347</div>
6348
6349<div class="doc_text">
6350
6351<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006352<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006353 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006354
6355<pre>
6356 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6357 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6358 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6359</pre>
6360
6361<h5>Overview:</h5>
6362
6363<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006364 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6365 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006366
6367<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006368<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006369 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6370 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6371 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6372 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006373
6374<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006375<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006376 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6377 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6378 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6379 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006380
6381<h5>Examples:</h5>
6382<pre>
6383 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6384 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6385 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6386 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6387</pre>
6388
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006389</div>
6390
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006391<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6392<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6393 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6394</div>
6395
6396<div class="doc_text">
6397
6398<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006399<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006400 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006401
6402<pre>
6403 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6404 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6405 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6406</pre>
6407
6408<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006409<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006410 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6411 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006412
6413<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006414<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006415 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6416 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6417 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6418 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006419
6420<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006421<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006422 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6423 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6424 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6425 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006426
6427<h5>Examples:</h5>
6428<pre>
6429 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6430 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6431 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6432 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6433</pre>
6434
6435</div>
6436
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006437<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6438<div class="doc_subsection">
6439 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6440</div>
6441
6442<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006443
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006444<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6445 prefix), are described in
6446 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6447 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6448
6449</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006450
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006451<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6452<div class="doc_subsection">
6453 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6454</div>
6455
6456<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006457
6458<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6459 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6460 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6461 Handling</a> document.</p>
6462
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006463</div>
6464
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006465<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6466<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006467 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006468</div>
6469
6470<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006471
6472<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
6473 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
6474 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6475 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6476 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6477 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6478 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6479
6480<p>For example, if the function is
6481 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6482 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6483 follows:</p>
6484
6485<div class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006486<pre>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006487 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6488 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
6489 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
6490 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006491</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006492</div>
6493
6494<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
6495 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
6496
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006497</div>
6498
6499<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6500<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6501 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6502</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006503
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006504<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006505
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006506<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6507<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006508 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006509</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006510
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006511<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006512<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6513 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6514
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006515<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006516<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6517 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6518 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6519 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6520 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6521 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6522 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6523 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6524
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006525<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006526<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6527 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6528 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6529 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6530 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6531 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6532 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6533 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6534 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6535 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6536 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6537 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6538
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006539</div>
6540
6541<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6542<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006543 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6544</div>
6545
6546<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006547
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006548<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6549 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6550 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6551 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6552 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6553 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6554 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6555 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6556 synchronization IR.</p>
6557
6558<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6559 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6560 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6561 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6562 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6563 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6564 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6565
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006566</div>
6567
6568<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6569<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6570 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6571</div>
6572<div class="doc_text">
6573<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6574<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006575 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006576</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006577
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006578<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006579<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
6580 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
6581
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006582<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006583<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
6584 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
6585 fith argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
6586 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006587
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006588<ul>
6589 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
6590 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
6591 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
6592 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
6593 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
6594</ul>
6595
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006596<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006597<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
6598 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
6599 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
6600 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
6601 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
6602 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
6603 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
6604 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006605
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006606<ul>
6607 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
6608 after the barrier begins.</li>
6609 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
6610 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6611 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6612 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6613 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6614 load after the barrier begins.</li>
6615</ul>
6616
6617<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
6618 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
6619
6620<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
6621 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
6622 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
6623 noops.</p>
6624
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006625<h5>Example:</h5>
6626<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006627%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6628%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006629 store i32 4, %ptr
6630
6631%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6632 call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
6633 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
6634 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
6635</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006636
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006637</div>
6638
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006639<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6640<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006641 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006642</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006643
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006644<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006645
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006646<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006647<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
6648 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6649 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006650
6651<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006652 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6653 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6654 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6655 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006656</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006657
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006658<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006659<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
6660 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
6661
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006662<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006663<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
6664 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
6665 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
6666 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
6667 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006668
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006669<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006670<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
6671 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
6672 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
6673 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
6674 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
6675 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006676
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006677<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006678<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006679%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6680%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006681 store i32 4, %ptr
6682
6683%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006684%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006685 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6686%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6687%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6688
6689%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006690%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006691 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6692%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
6693
6694%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
6695</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006696
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006697</div>
6698
6699<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6700<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6701 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6702</div>
6703<div class="doc_text">
6704<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6705
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006706<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
6707 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6708
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006709<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006710 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6711 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6712 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6713 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006714</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006715
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006716<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006717<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
6718 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
6719 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6720
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006721<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006722<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
6723 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
6724 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
6725 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
6726 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006727
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006728<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006729<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
6730 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
6731 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006732
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006733<h5>Examples:</h5>
6734<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006735%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6736%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006737 store i32 4, %ptr
6738
6739%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006740%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006741 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6742%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6743%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6744
6745%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006746%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006747 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6748
6749%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
6750%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
6751</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006752
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006753</div>
6754
6755<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6756<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006757 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006758
6759</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006760
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006761<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006762
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006763<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006764<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
6765 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6766
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006767<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006768 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6769 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6770 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6771 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006772</pre>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006773
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006774<h5>Overview:</h5>
6775<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
6776 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6777
6778<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6779<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6780 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6781 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6782 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6783
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006784<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006785<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6786 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
6787 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006788
6789<h5>Examples:</h5>
6790<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006791%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6792%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6793 store i32 4, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006794%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006795 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006796%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006797 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006798%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006799 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006800%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006801</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006802
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006803</div>
6804
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006805<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6806<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6807 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6808
6809</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006810
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006811<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006812
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006813<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006814<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
6815 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6816 support all bit widths however.</p>
6817
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006818<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006819 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6820 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6821 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6822 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006823</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006824
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006825<h5>Overview:</h5>
6826<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
6827 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6828
6829<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6830<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6831 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6832 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6833 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6834
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006835<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006836<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6837 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
6838 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
6839 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006840
6841<h5>Examples:</h5>
6842<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006843%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6844%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6845 store i32 8, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006846%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006847 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006848%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006849 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006850%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006851 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
6852%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
6853</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006854
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006855</div>
6856
6857<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6858<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6859 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6860 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6861 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6862 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006863</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006864
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006865<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006866
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006867<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006868<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
6869 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
6870 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
6871 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
6872 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006873
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006874<pre>
6875 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6876 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6877 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6878 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006879</pre>
6880
6881<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006882 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6883 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6884 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6885 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006886</pre>
6887
6888<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006889 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6890 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6891 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6892 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006893</pre>
6894
6895<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006896 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6897 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6898 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6899 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006900</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006901
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006902<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006903<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
6904 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
6905 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006906
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006907<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6908<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6909 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6910 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6911 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6912
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006913<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006914<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6915 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
6916 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
6917 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006918
6919<h5>Examples:</h5>
6920<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006921%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6922%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6923 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006924%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006925 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006926%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006927 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006928%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006929 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006930%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006931 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
6932%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
6933</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006934
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006935</div>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006936
6937<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6938<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6939 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6940 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6941 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6942 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006943</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006944
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006945<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006946
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006947<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006948<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
6949 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
6950 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
6951 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006952
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006953<pre>
6954 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6955 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6956 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6957 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006958</pre>
6959
6960<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006961 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6962 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6963 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6964 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006965</pre>
6966
6967<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006968 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6969 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6970 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6971 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006972</pre>
6973
6974<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006975 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6976 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6977 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6978 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006979</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006980
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006981<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006982<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
6983 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
6984 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006985
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006986<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6987<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6988 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6989 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6990 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6991
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006992<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006993<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6994 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
6995 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
6996 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006997
6998<h5>Examples:</h5>
6999<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007000%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7001%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7002 store i32 7, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007003%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007004 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007005%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007006 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007007%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007008 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007009%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007010 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
7011%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
7012</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007013
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007014</div>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007015
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007016
7017<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7018<div class="doc_subsection">
7019 <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
7020</div>
7021
7022<div class="doc_text">
7023
7024<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
7025 objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
7026
7027</div>
7028
7029<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7030<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7031 <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7032</div>
7033
7034<div class="doc_text">
7035
7036<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7037<pre>
7038 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7039</pre>
7040
7041<h5>Overview:</h5>
7042<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
7043 object's lifetime.</p>
7044
7045<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007046<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7047 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7048 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007049
7050<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7051<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
7052 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
Nick Lewycky8d336592009-10-27 16:56:58 +00007053 never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
7054 precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007055 <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
7056
7057</div>
7058
7059<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7060<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7061 <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7062</div>
7063
7064<div class="doc_text">
7065
7066<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7067<pre>
7068 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7069</pre>
7070
7071<h5>Overview:</h5>
7072<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
7073 object's lifetime.</p>
7074
7075<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007076<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7077 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7078 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007079
7080<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7081<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
7082 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
7083 never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
7084 following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
7085
7086</div>
7087
7088<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7089<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7090 <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7091</div>
7092
7093<div class="doc_text">
7094
7095<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7096<pre>
7097 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;) readonly
7098</pre>
7099
7100<h5>Overview:</h5>
7101<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7102 a memory object will not change.</p>
7103
7104<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007105<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7106 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7107 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007108
7109<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7110<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
7111 the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
7112 unchanging.</p>
7113
7114</div>
7115
7116<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7117<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7118 <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7119</div>
7120
7121<div class="doc_text">
7122
7123<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7124<pre>
7125 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* &lt;start&gt;, i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7126</pre>
7127
7128<h5>Overview:</h5>
7129<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7130 a memory object are mutable.</p>
7131
7132<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7133<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007134 The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7135 object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
7136 to the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007137
7138<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7139<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
7140
7141</div>
7142
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007143<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7144<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007145 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
7146</div>
7147
7148<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007149
7150<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
7151 purpose.</p>
7152
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007153</div>
7154
7155<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7156<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7157 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7158</div>
7159
7160<div class="doc_text">
7161
7162<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7163<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd2e84422007-06-18 23:42:37 +00007164 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007165</pre>
7166
7167<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007168<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007169
7170<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007171<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
7172 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
7173 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007174
7175<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007176<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
7177 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
7178 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
7179 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007180
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007181</div>
7182
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007183<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7184<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattnere1a8da02007-09-21 23:57:59 +00007185 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007186</div>
7187
7188<div class="doc_text">
7189
7190<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007191<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
7192 any integer bit width.</p>
7193
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007194<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd3989a82007-09-22 00:03:01 +00007195 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7196 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7197 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7198 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7199 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007200</pre>
7201
7202<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007203<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007204
7205<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007206<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
7207 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
7208 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
7209 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007210
7211<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007212<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
7213 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
7214 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
7215 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007216
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007217</div>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00007218
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007219<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7220<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7221 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7222</div>
7223
7224<div class="doc_text">
7225
7226<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7227<pre>
7228 declare void @llvm.trap()
7229</pre>
7230
7231<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007232<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007233
7234<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007235<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007236
7237<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007238<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
7239 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
7240 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007241
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007242</div>
7243
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007244<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7245<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukmandccb0252008-11-22 23:55:29 +00007246 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007247</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007248
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007249<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007250
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007251<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7252<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007253 declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt; )
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007254</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007255
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007256<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007257<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
7258 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
7259 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
7260
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007261<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007262<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
7263 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
7264 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
7265 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
7266
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007267<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007268<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
7269 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
7270 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
7271 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
7272 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're
7273 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
7274 function.</p>
7275
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007276</div>
7277
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007278<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007279<hr>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007280<address>
7281 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007282 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007283 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007284 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007285
7286 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencer05fe4b02006-03-14 05:39:39 +00007287 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007288 Last modified: $Date$
7289</address>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00007290
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00007291</body>
7292</html>